Delete obsolete SDB debug info support.
[gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121 \n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145 \n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157 \n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185 \n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
196 \n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
218
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239 \n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243 \n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249 \n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
263 \n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266 \n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
301
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
311 \n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
314 \n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
322 \n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
328 \n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
336 \n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
349
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
359
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
369
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
380 \n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
385 \n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
392 \n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
399 \n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
404 \n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
409 \n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
419
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
426 \n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
432
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
445
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
461
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
480
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
491
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
502 \n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
509
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
522 \n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
525 \n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
529
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532 DEFHOOK
533 (select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538 in bits.\n\
539 \n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
545
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548 DEFHOOK
549 (unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
554 \n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
561
562 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
563 DEFHOOK
564 (function_rodata_section,
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570 otherwise.",
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
573
574 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575 for mergeable data sections. */
576 DEFHOOKPOD
577 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
580 the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
582
583 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
584 DEFHOOK
585 (tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587 tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
589
590 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
591 DEFHOOK
592 (constructor,
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
595 \n\
596 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
598 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
600 \n\
601 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604 is not defined.",
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
606
607 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
608 DEFHOOK
609 (destructor,
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611 functions rather than initialization functions.",
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
613
614 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
615 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
619 DEFHOOK
620 (output_mi_thunk,
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625 the real function.\n\
626 \n\
627 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
629 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632 all other incoming arguments.\n\
633 \n\
634 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
637 \n\
638 @smallexample\n\
639 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640 @end smallexample\n\
641 \n\
642 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
646 \n\
647 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
651 \n\
652 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
654 some targets, but probably not.\n\
655 \n\
656 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
659 not support varargs.",
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
663
664 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
665 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
667 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669 text to the output file. */
670 DEFHOOK
671 (can_output_mi_thunk,
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
675 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676 previously exposed.",
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
680
681 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682 translation unit. */
683 DEFHOOK
684 (file_start,
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
687 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
690 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
693
694 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_end,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
701
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_start,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
711
712 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713 LTO output stream. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (lto_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
718 nothing.",
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
721
722 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
724 DEFHOOK
725 (code_end,
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
728 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
733
734 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735 external. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (external_libcall,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
740 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
743
744 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
746 DEFHOOK
747 (mark_decl_preserved,
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
750 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
753
754 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
755 DEFHOOK
756 (record_gcc_switches,
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760 It can take the following values:\n\
761 \n\
762 @table @gcctabopt\n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
765 \n\
766 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
768 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
772 \n\
773 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
777 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782 switches.\n\
783 \n\
784 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
786 \n\
787 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789 @end table\n\
790 \n\
791 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
792 supported in the future.\n\
793 \n\
794 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
798 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799 hook.",
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
802
803 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
805 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806 this information. */
807 DEFHOOKPOD
808 (record_gcc_switches_section,
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
813
814 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
815 DEFHOOK
816 (output_anchor,
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
821 \n\
822 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
828
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
837
838 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
839 DEFHOOK
840 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
845
846 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
847 DEFHOOK
848 (final_postscan_insn,
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851 if necessary.\n\
852 \n\
853 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858 by checking the contents of the vector.",
859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
860 NULL)
861
862 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
863 DEFHOOK
864 (trampoline_template,
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
868 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
869 \n\
870 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873 to generate it on the spot.",
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
876
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_source_filename,
879 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
880 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
881 \n\
882 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
883 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
884 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
885 default_asm_output_source_filename)
886
887 DEFHOOK
888 (output_addr_const_extra,
889 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
890 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
891 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
892 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
893 \n\
894 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
895 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
896 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
897 return @code{true}.",
898 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
899 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
900
901 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
902 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
903 initializers. */
904 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
905 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
906
907 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
908 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
909 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
910 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
911 (print_operand,
912 "",
913 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
914 default_print_operand)
915
916 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
917 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
918 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
919 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920 (print_operand_address,
921 "",
922 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
923 default_print_operand_address)
924
925 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
926 `print_operand' hook. */
927 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
928 not this hook. */
929 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
930 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
931 "",
932 bool ,(unsigned char code),
933 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
934
935 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
937 DEFHOOK
938 (mangle_assembler_name,
939 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
940 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
941 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
942 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
943 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
944 tree, (const char *name),
945 default_mangle_assembler_name)
946
947 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
948
949 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
950 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
951 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
952 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
953 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
954
955 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
956 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
957 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
958 DEFHOOK
959 (adjust_cost,
960 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
961 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
962 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
963 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
964 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
965 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
966 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
967 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
968 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
969 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
970 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
971 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
972 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
973 unsigned int dw),
974 NULL)
975
976 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
977 DEFHOOK
978 (adjust_priority,
979 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
980 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
981 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
982 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
983 scheduling priorities of insns.",
984 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
985
986 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
987 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
988 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
989 DEFHOOK
990 (issue_rate,
991 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
992 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
993 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
994 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
995 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
996 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
997 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
998 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
999 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1000 int, (void), NULL)
1001
1002 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1003 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1004 DEFHOOK
1005 (variable_issue,
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1007 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1008 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1009 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1010 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1011 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1012 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1013 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1014 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1015 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1016 was scheduled.",
1017 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1018
1019 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1020 DEFHOOK
1021 (init,
1022 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1023 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1024 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1025 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1026 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1027 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1028 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1030
1031 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1032 DEFHOOK
1033 (finish,
1034 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1035 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1036 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1037 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1038 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1039 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1040 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1041
1042 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (init_global,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1046 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1047 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1048 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1049 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1050
1051 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1052 DEFHOOK
1053 (finish_global,
1054 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1055 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1056 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1057 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1058
1059 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1060 places. Default does nothing. */
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder,
1063 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1064 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1065 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1066 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1067 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1068 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1069 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1070 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1071 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1072 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1073 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1074 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1075 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1076 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1077 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1078
1079 DEFHOOK
1080 (reorder2,
1081 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1082 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1083 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1084 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1085 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1086 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1087 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1088 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1089 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1090
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (macro_fusion_p,
1093 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1094 bool, (void), NULL)
1095
1096 DEFHOOK
1097 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1098 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1099 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1100 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1101 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1102 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1103 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1104 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1105
1106 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1107 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1108 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1109 DEFHOOK
1110 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1111 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1112 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1113 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1114 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1115 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1116 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1117 calculated.",
1118 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1119
1120 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1121 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1122 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1123 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1124 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1125 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1126 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1127 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1128 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1129
1130 DEFHOOK
1131 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1132 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1133 void, (void), NULL)
1134
1135 DEFHOOK
1136 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1137 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1138 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1139 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1140 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1141 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1142 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1143 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1144 rtx, (void), NULL)
1145
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1148 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1149 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1151
1152 DEFHOOK
1153 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1154 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1155 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1156 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1157 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1158
1159 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1160 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1161 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1162 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1163
1164 DEFHOOK
1165 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1166 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1167 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1168 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1169 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1170 void, (void), NULL)
1171
1172 DEFHOOK
1173 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1174 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1175 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1176 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1177 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1178 void, (void), NULL)
1179
1180 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1181 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1182 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1183 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1184 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1185 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1186 insns on the same cycle. */
1187 DEFHOOK
1188 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1189 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1190 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1191 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1192 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1193 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1194 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1195 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1196 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1197 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1198 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1199 \n\
1200 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1201 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1202 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1203 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1204 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1205 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1206 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1207 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1208 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1209 \n\
1210 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1211 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1212 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1213 \n\
1214 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1215 int, (void), NULL)
1216
1217 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1218 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1219 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1220 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1221 DEFHOOK
1222 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1223 "\n\
1224 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1225 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1226 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1227 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1228 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1229 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1230 number of cycles.\n\
1231 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1232 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1233 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1234 \n\
1235 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1236 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1237
1238 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1239 scheduling.
1240 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1241 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1242 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1243 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1244 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1245 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1246 scheduling on current cycle. */
1247 DEFHOOK
1248 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1249 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1250 scheduling.",
1251 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1252 NULL)
1253
1254 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1255 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1256 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1261 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1262 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1263 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1264 DEFHOOK
1265 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1266 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1267 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1268 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1269
1270 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1271 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1272 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1273 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1274 described in DFA.
1275 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1276 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1277 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1278 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1279 DEFHOOK
1280 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1281 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1282 an instruction.",
1283 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1284
1285 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1286 round of multipass scheduling.
1287 DATA is a pointer.
1288 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1289 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1290 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1291 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1292 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1293 DEFHOOK
1294 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1295 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1296 round of multipass scheduling.",
1297 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1298
1299 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304 DEFHOOK
1305 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1306 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1308
1309 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1310 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1311 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1312 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1313 described in DFA. */
1314 DEFHOOK
1315 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1316 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1317 void, (void *data), NULL)
1318
1319 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1320 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1321 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1322 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1323 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1324 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1325 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1326 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1327 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1328 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1329 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1330 DEFHOOK
1331 (dfa_new_cycle,
1332 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1333 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1334 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1335 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1336 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1337 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1338 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1339 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1340 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1341 and the current processor cycle.",
1342 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1343 int clock, int *sort_p),
1344 NULL)
1345
1346 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1347 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1348 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1349 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1350 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1351 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1352 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1353 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1354 second insn (second parameter). */
1355 DEFHOOK
1356 (is_costly_dependence,
1357 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1358 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1359 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1360 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1361 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1362 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1363 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1364 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1365 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1366 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1367 \n\
1368 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1369 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1370 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1371 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1372 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1373 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1374 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1375 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1376
1377 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1378 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1379 that new instructions were emitted. */
1380 DEFHOOK
1381 (h_i_d_extended,
1382 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1383 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1384 per instruction data structures.",
1385 void, (void), NULL)
1386
1387 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1388
1389 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1390 DEFHOOK
1391 (alloc_sched_context,
1392 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1393 void *, (void), NULL)
1394
1395 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1396 DEFHOOK
1397 (init_sched_context,
1398 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1399 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1400 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1402
1403 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1404 DEFHOOK
1405 (set_sched_context,
1406 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1407 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1408
1409 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1410 DEFHOOK
1411 (clear_sched_context,
1412 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1413 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1414
1415 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1416 DEFHOOK
1417 (free_sched_context,
1418 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1419 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1420
1421 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1422 by the insn scheduler.
1423 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1424 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1425 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1426 It should return
1427 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1428 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1429 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1430 generated one. */
1431 DEFHOOK
1432 (speculate_insn,
1433 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1434 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1435 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1436 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1437 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1438 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1439 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1440 the generated speculative pattern.",
1441 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1442
1443 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1445 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1446 DEFHOOK
1447 (needs_block_p,
1448 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1449 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1450 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1451 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1452
1453 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1454 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1455 instruction.
1456 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1457 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1458 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1459 is being performed. */
1460 DEFHOOK
1461 (gen_spec_check,
1462 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1463 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1464 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1465 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1466 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1467 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1468 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1469 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1470 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1471
1472 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1473 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1474 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (set_sched_flags,
1477 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1478 enabled/used.\n\
1479 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1480 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1481 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1482
1483 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1484 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1485 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1486 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1487
1488 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1489 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1490 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1491 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1492
1493 DEFHOOK
1494 (can_speculate_insn,
1495 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1496 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1497 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1498 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1499 should not be speculated.",
1500 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1501
1502 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1503 (skip_rtx_p,
1504 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1505 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1506 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1507
1508 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1509 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1510 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1511 to ddg variable. */
1512 DEFHOOK
1513 (sms_res_mii,
1514 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1515 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1516 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1517 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1518 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1519 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1520 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1521
1522 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1523 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1524 parameters. */
1525 DEFHOOK
1526 (dispatch_do,
1527 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1528 in its second parameter.",
1529 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1531
1532 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1533 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1534 as the second parameter is true. */
1535 DEFHOOK
1536 (dispatch,
1537 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1538 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1539 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1540 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1541
1542 DEFHOOKPOD
1543 (exposed_pipeline,
1544 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1545 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1546 also the latencies of operations.",
1547 bool, false)
1548
1549 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1550 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1551 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1552 DEFHOOK
1553 (reassociation_width,
1554 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1555 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1556 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1557 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1558
1559 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1560 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1561 DEFHOOK
1562 (fusion_priority,
1563 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1564 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1565 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1566 \n\
1567 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1568 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1569 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1570 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1571 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1572 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1573 \n\
1574 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1575 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1576 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1577 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1578 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1579 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1580 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1581 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1582 instructions.\n\
1583 \n\
1584 Given below example:\n\
1585 \n\
1586 @smallexample\n\
1587 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1588 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1589 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1590 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1591 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1593 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1594 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1595 @end smallexample\n\
1596 \n\
1597 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1598 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1599 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1600 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1601 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1602 \n\
1603 @smallexample\n\
1604 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1606 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1607 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1608 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1609 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1610 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1611 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1612 @end smallexample\n\
1613 \n\
1614 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1615 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1616 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1617 \n\
1618 @smallexample\n\
1619 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1620 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1621 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1622 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1623 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1624 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1625 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1626 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1627 @end smallexample\n\
1628 \n\
1629 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1630 \n\
1631 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1632 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1633 \n\
1634 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1635 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1636 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1637
1638 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1639
1640 /* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1641 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1642 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1643 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1644
1645 DEFHOOK
1646 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1647 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1648 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1649 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1650 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1651 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1652 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1653
1654 DEFHOOK
1655 (adjust,
1656 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1657 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1658 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1659
1660 DEFHOOK
1661 (usable,
1662 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1663 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1664 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1665 to use it.",
1666 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1667
1668 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1669
1670 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1671 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1672 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1673 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1674
1675 DEFHOOK
1676 (vf,
1677 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1678 int, (void), NULL)
1679
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1681
1682 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1686
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (validate_dims,
1689 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1690 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1691 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1692 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1693 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1694 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1695 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1696 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1697 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1698 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1699 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1700 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1701
1702 DEFHOOK
1703 (dim_limit,
1704 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1705 or zero if unbounded.",
1706 int, (int axis),
1707 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1708
1709 DEFHOOK
1710 (fork_join,
1711 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1712 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1713 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1714 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1715 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1716 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1717 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1718 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1719 default_goacc_fork_join)
1720
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (reduction,
1723 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1724 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1725 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1726 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1727 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1728 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1729 void, (gcall *call),
1730 default_goacc_reduction)
1731
1732 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1733
1734 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1735 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1736 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1737 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1738
1739 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1740 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1741 function. */
1742 DEFHOOK
1743 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1744 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1745 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1746 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1747 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1748 \n\
1749 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1750 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1751 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1752 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1753 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1754 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1755 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1756 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1757 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1758 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1759 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1760 \n\
1761 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1762 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1763 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1764 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1765 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1766 described above.\n\
1767 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1768 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1769 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1770 tree, (void), NULL)
1771
1772 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1773 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1774 DEFHOOK
1775 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1776 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1777 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1778 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1779 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1780 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1781 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1782 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1783
1784 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1785 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1786 DEFHOOK
1787 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1788 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1789 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1790 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1791 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1792 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1793 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1794
1795 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1796 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1797 DEFHOOK
1798 (builtin_conversion,
1799 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1800 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1801 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1802 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1803 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1804 \n\
1805 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1806 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1807 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1808 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1809 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1810
1811 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1812 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1813 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1814 DEFHOOK
1815 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1816 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1817 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1818 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1819 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1820 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1821
1822 DEFHOOK
1823 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1824 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1825 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1826 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1827 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1828 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1829 for alignment.\n\
1830 \n\
1831 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1832 correct for most targets.",
1833 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
1834 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1835
1836 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1837 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1838 DEFHOOK
1839 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1840 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1841 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1842 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1843
1844 /* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1845 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
1846 DEFHOOK
1847 (vec_perm_const_ok,
1848 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
1849 bool, (machine_mode, vec_perm_indices),
1850 NULL)
1851
1852 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1853 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1854 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1855 DEFHOOK
1856 (support_vector_misalignment,
1857 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1858 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1859 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1860 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1861 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1862 bool,
1863 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1864 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1865
1866 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1867 scalar mode. */
1868 DEFHOOK
1869 (preferred_simd_mode,
1870 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1871 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1872 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1873 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1874 machine_mode,
1875 (scalar_mode mode),
1876 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1877
1878 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1879 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1880 DEFHOOK
1881 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1882 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1883 after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1884 mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1885 The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
1886 unsigned int,
1887 (void),
1888 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1889
1890 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1891 DEFHOOK
1892 (get_mask_mode,
1893 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1894 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1895 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1896 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1897 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1898 \n\
1899 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1900 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1901 if such a mode exists.",
1902 opt_machine_mode,
1903 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1904 default_get_mask_mode)
1905
1906 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1907 DEFHOOK
1908 (builtin_gather,
1909 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1910 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1911 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1912 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1913 loads.",
1914 tree,
1915 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1916 NULL)
1917
1918 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1919 DEFHOOK
1920 (builtin_scatter,
1921 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1922 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1923 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1924 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1925 stores.",
1926 tree,
1927 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1928 NULL)
1929
1930 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1931 DEFHOOK
1932 (init_cost,
1933 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1934 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1935 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1936 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1937 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1938 "is being vectorized.",
1939 void *,
1940 (struct loop *loop_info),
1941 default_init_cost)
1942
1943 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1944 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1945 block. */
1946 DEFHOOK
1947 (add_stmt_cost,
1948 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1949 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1950 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1951 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1952 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1953 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1954 "revised.",
1955 unsigned,
1956 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1957 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1958 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1959 default_add_stmt_cost)
1960
1961 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1962 loop or block. */
1963 DEFHOOK
1964 (finish_cost,
1965 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1966 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1967 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1968 "the three accumulators.",
1969 void,
1970 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1971 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
1972 default_finish_cost)
1973
1974 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1975 DEFHOOK
1976 (destroy_cost_data,
1977 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1978 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1979 "accumulator.",
1980 void,
1981 (void *data),
1982 default_destroy_cost_data)
1983
1984 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1985
1986 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1987 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1988
1989 DEFHOOK
1990 (record_offload_symbol,
1991 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1992 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1993 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1994 void, (tree),
1995 hook_void_tree)
1996
1997 DEFHOOKPOD
1998 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
1999 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2000 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2001 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2002 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2003
2004 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2005 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2006 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2007 DEFHOOK
2008 (override_options_after_change,
2009 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2010 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2011 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2012 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2013 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2014 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2015 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2016 void, (void),
2017 hook_void_void)
2018
2019 DEFHOOK
2020 (offload_options,
2021 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2022 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2023 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2024 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2025 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2026 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2027
2028 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2029 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2030 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2031 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2032 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2033
2034 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2035 DEFHOOK
2036 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2037 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2038 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2039 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2040 targets.",
2041 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2042 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2043
2044 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2045 DEFHOOK
2046 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2047 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2048 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2049 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2050 targets.",
2051 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2052 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2053
2054 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2055 DEFHOOK
2056 (unwind_word_mode,
2057 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2058 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2059 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2060 default_unwind_word_mode)
2061
2062 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2063 DEFHOOK
2064 (merge_decl_attributes,
2065 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2066 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2067 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2068 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2069 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2070 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2071 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2072 \n\
2073 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2074 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2075 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2076 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2077 will then define a function called\n\
2078 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2079 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2080 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2081 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2082 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2083 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2084 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2085 merge_decl_attributes)
2086
2087 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2088 DEFHOOK
2089 (merge_type_attributes,
2090 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2091 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2092 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2093 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2094 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2095 merging.",
2096 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2097 merge_type_attributes)
2098
2099 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2100 Ignored if NULL. */
2101 DEFHOOKPOD
2102 (attribute_table,
2103 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2104 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2105 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2106 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2107 take.",
2108 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2109
2110 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2111 argument. */
2112 DEFHOOK
2113 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2114 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2115 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2116 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2117 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2118 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2119 bool, (const_tree name),
2120 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2121
2122 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2123 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2124 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2125 DEFHOOK
2126 (comp_type_attributes,
2127 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2128 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2129 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2130 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2131 supposed always to be compatible.",
2132 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2133 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2134
2135 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2136 DEFHOOK
2137 (set_default_type_attributes,
2138 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2139 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2140 void, (tree type),
2141 hook_void_tree)
2142
2143 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2144 DEFHOOK
2145 (insert_attributes,
2146 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2147 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2148 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2149 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2150 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2151 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2152 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2153 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2154 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2155 needed.",
2156 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2157 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2158
2159 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2160 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2161 DEFHOOK
2162 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2163 "@cindex inlining\n\
2164 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2165 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2166 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2167 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2168 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2169 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2170
2171 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2172 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2173 DEFHOOK
2174 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2175 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2176 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2177 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2178 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2179 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2180 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2181 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2182 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2183 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2184 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2185 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2186 \n\
2187 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2188 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2189 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2190 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2191 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2192 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2193 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2194 \n\
2195 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2196 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2197 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2198 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2199 may affect its placement.",
2200 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2201 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2202
2203 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2204 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2205 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2206 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2207 (words_big_endian,
2208 "",
2209 bool, (void),
2210 targhook_words_big_endian)
2211
2212 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2213 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2214 (float_words_big_endian,
2215 "",
2216 bool, (void),
2217 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2218
2219 DEFHOOK
2220 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2221 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2222 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2223 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2224 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2225 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2226 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2227 does not.",
2228 bool, (void),
2229 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2230
2231 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2232 DEFHOOK
2233 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2234 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2235 bool, (void),
2236 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2237
2238 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2239 DEFHOOK
2240 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2241 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2242 bool, (void),
2243 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2244
2245 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2246 DEFHOOK
2247 (align_anon_bitfield,
2248 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2249 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2250 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2251 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2252 bool, (void),
2253 hook_bool_void_false)
2254
2255 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2256 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2257 DEFHOOK
2258 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2259 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2260 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2261 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2262 \n\
2263 The default is @code{false}.",
2264 bool, (void),
2265 hook_bool_void_false)
2266
2267 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2268 DEFHOOK
2269 (init_builtins,
2270 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2271 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2272 necessary setup.\n\
2273 \n\
2274 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2275 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2276 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2277 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2278 \n\
2279 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2280 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2281 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2282 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2283 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2284 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2285 void, (void),
2286 hook_void_void)
2287
2288 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2289 built-in function decl for CODE.
2290 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2291 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2292 DEFHOOK
2293 (builtin_decl,
2294 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2295 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2296 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2297 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2298 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2299 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2300 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2301 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2302
2303 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2304 DEFHOOK
2305 (expand_builtin,
2306 "\n\
2307 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2308 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2309 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2310 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2311 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2312 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2313 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2314 built-in function.",
2315 rtx,
2316 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2317 default_expand_builtin)
2318
2319 DEFHOOK
2320 (builtin_chkp_function,
2321 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2322 Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2323 fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2324 passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2325 obtained using this hook:\n\
2326 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2327 Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2328 by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2329 bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2330 @end deftypefn\n\
2331 \n\
2332 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2333 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2334 by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2335 when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2336 @end deftypefn\n\
2337 \n\
2338 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2339 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2340 by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2341 address @var{loc}.\n\
2342 @end deftypefn\n\
2343 \n\
2344 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2345 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2346 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2347 lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2348 @end deftypefn\n\
2349 \n\
2350 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2351 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2352 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2353 upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2354 @end deftypefn\n\
2355 \n\
2356 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2357 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2358 by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2359 @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2360 @end deftypefn\n\
2361 \n\
2362 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2363 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2364 returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2365 @end deftypefn\n\
2366 \n\
2367 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2368 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2369 returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2370 [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2371 @end deftypefn\n\
2372 \n\
2373 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2374 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2375 returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2376 @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2377 Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2378 (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2379 @end deftypefn\n\
2380 \n\
2381 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2382 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2383 returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2384 @end deftypefn\n\
2385 \n\
2386 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2387 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2388 returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2389 @end deftypefn",
2390 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2391 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2392
2393 DEFHOOK
2394 (chkp_bound_type,
2395 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2396 tree, (void),
2397 default_chkp_bound_type)
2398
2399 DEFHOOK
2400 (chkp_bound_mode,
2401 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2402 machine_mode, (void),
2403 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2404
2405 DEFHOOK
2406 (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2407 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2408 with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2409 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2410 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2411
2412 DEFHOOK
2413 (chkp_initialize_bounds,
2414 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2415 bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2416 the number of generated statements.",
2417 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2418 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2419
2420 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2421 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2422 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2423 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2424 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2425 DEFHOOK
2426 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2427 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2428 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2429 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2430 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2431 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2432 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2433 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2434 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2435 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2436 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2437
2438 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2439 and GENERIC. */
2440 DEFHOOK
2441 (fold_builtin,
2442 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2443 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2444 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2445 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2446 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2447 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2448 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2449 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2450 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2451
2452 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2453 DEFHOOK
2454 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2455 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2456 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2457 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2458 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2459 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2460 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2461
2462 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2463 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2464 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2465 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2466 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2467 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2468 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2469 and 0 if they are the same. */
2470 DEFHOOK
2471 (compare_version_priority,
2472 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2473 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2474 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2475 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2476 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2477 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2478 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2479
2480 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2481 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2482 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2483 must be generated. */
2484 DEFHOOK
2485 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2486 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2487 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2488 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2489 body must be generated.",
2490 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2491
2492 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2493 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2494 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2495 identical versions. */
2496 DEFHOOK
2497 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2498 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2499 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2500 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2501 identical versions.",
2502 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2503
2504 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2505 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2506 DEFHOOK
2507 (builtin_reciprocal,
2508 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2509 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2510 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2511 tree, (tree fndecl),
2512 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2513
2514 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2515 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2516 NULL. */
2517 DEFHOOK
2518 (mangle_type,
2519 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2520 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2521 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2522 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2523 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2524 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2525 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2526 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2527 string constant.\n\
2528 \n\
2529 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2530 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2531 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2532 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2533 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2534 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2535 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2536 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2537 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2538 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2539 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2540 spaces in your string.\n\
2541 \n\
2542 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2543 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2544 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2545 before mangling.\n\
2546 \n\
2547 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2548 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2549 types.",
2550 const char *, (const_tree type),
2551 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2552
2553 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2554 DEFHOOK
2555 (init_libfuncs,
2556 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2557 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2558 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2559 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2560 library routines.\n\
2561 \n\
2562 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2563 void, (void),
2564 hook_void_void)
2565
2566 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2567 DEFHOOKPOD
2568 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2569 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2570 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2571 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2572 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2573 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2574 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2575 bool, false)
2576
2577 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2578 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2579 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2580 DEFHOOK
2581 (section_type_flags,
2582 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2583 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2584 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2585 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2586 \n\
2587 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2588 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2589 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2590 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2591 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2592 default_section_type_flags)
2593
2594 DEFHOOK
2595 (libc_has_function,
2596 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2597 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2598 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2599 default_libc_has_function)
2600
2601 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2602 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2603 DEFHOOK
2604 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2605 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2606 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2607 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2608 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2609 \n\
2610 @smallexample\n\
2611 static bool\n\
2612 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2613 @{\n\
2614 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2615 @}\n\
2616 @end smallexample",
2617 bool, (void),
2618 hook_bool_void_false)
2619
2620 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2621 DEFHOOK
2622 (can_follow_jump,
2623 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2624 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2625 false, if it can't.\
2626 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2627 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2628 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2629 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2630
2631 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2632 optimizations should be applied. */
2633 DEFHOOK
2634 (branch_target_register_class,
2635 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2636 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2637 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2638 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2639 to inter-block scheduling.",
2640 reg_class_t, (void),
2641 default_branch_target_register_class)
2642
2643 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2644 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2645 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2646 already been generated. */
2647 DEFHOOK
2648 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2649 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2650 registers\n\
2651 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2652 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2653 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2654 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2655 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2656 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2657 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2658 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2659 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2660 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2661 hook_bool_bool_false)
2662
2663 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2664 DEFHOOK
2665 (have_conditional_execution,
2666 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2667 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2668 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2669 bool, (void),
2670 default_have_conditional_execution)
2671
2672 DEFHOOK
2673 (gen_ccmp_first,
2674 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2675 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2676 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2677 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2678 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2679 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2680 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2681 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2682 NULL)
2683
2684 DEFHOOK
2685 (gen_ccmp_next,
2686 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2687 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2688 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2689 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2690 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2691 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2692 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2693 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2694 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2695 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2696 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2697 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2698 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2699 NULL)
2700
2701 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2702 DEFHOOK
2703 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2704 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2705 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2706 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2707 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2708 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2709 number of memory accesses.",
2710 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2711 NULL)
2712
2713 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2714 DEFHOOK
2715 (legitimate_constant_p,
2716 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2717 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2718 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2719 \n\
2720 The default definition returns true.",
2721 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2722 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2723
2724 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2725 DEFHOOK
2726 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2727 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2728 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2729 of @var{x}.\n\
2730 \n\
2731 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2732 \n\
2733 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2734 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2735 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2736 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2737 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2738 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2739 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2740
2741 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2742 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2743 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2744 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2745
2746 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2747 DEFHOOK
2748 (commutative_p,
2749 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2750 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2751 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2752 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2753 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2754 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2755
2756 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2757 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2758 DEFHOOK
2759 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2760 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2761 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2762 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2763 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2764 but not others.\n\
2765 \n\
2766 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2767 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2768 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2769 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2770 \n\
2771 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2772 \n\
2773 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2774 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2775 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2776
2777 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2778 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2779 DEFHOOK
2780 (legitimize_address,
2781 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2782 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2783 address.\n\
2784 \n\
2785 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2786 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2787 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2788 @var{x}.\n\
2789 \n\
2790 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2791 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2792 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2793 \n\
2794 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2795 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2796 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2797 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2798 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2799 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2800 strategy can generate better code.",
2801 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2802 default_legitimize_address)
2803
2804 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2805 DEFHOOK
2806 (delegitimize_address,
2807 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2808 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2809 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2810 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2811 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2812 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2813 into their original form.",
2814 rtx, (rtx x),
2815 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2816
2817 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2818 section. */
2819 DEFHOOK
2820 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2821 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2822 debug sections.",
2823 bool, (rtx x),
2824 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2825
2826 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2827 DEFHOOK
2828 (legitimate_address_p,
2829 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2830 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2831 \n\
2832 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2833 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2834 desired by the caller.\n\
2835 \n\
2836 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2837 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2838 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2839 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2840 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2841 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2842 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2843 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2844 \n\
2845 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2846 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2847 register is required.\n\
2848 \n\
2849 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2850 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2851 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2852 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2853 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2854 \n\
2855 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2856 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2857 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2858 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2859 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2860 \n\
2861 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2862 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2863 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2864 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2865 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2866 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2867 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2868 Format}.\n\
2869 \n\
2870 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2871 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2872 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2873 has this syntax:\n\
2874 \n\
2875 @example\n\
2876 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2877 @end example\n\
2878 \n\
2879 @noindent\n\
2880 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2881 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2882 \n\
2883 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2884 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2885 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2886 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2887 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2888 \n\
2889 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2890 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2891 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2892 default_legitimate_address_p)
2893
2894 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2895 DEFHOOK
2896 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2897 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2898 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2899 of @var{x}.\n\
2900 \n\
2901 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2902 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2903 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2904
2905 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2906 DEFHOOK
2907 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2908 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2909 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2910 \n\
2911 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2912 bool, (const_tree decl),
2913 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2914
2915 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2916 DEFHOOKPOD
2917 (min_anchor_offset,
2918 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2919 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2920 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2921 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2922 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2923
2924 DEFHOOKPOD
2925 (max_anchor_offset,
2926 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2927 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2928 value is 0.",
2929 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2930
2931 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2932 DEFHOOK
2933 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2934 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2935 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2936 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2937 \n\
2938 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2939 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2940 or target-specific sections.",
2941 bool, (const_rtx x),
2942 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2943
2944 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2945 DEFHOOK
2946 (has_ifunc_p,
2947 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2948 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2949 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2950 bool, (void),
2951 default_has_ifunc_p)
2952
2953 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2954 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2955 this is an indirect call. */
2956 DEFHOOK
2957 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2958 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2959 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2960 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2961 \n\
2962 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2963 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2964 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2965 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2966 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2967 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2968 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2969 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2970
2971 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2972 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2973 level, outside of any function scope. */
2974 DEFHOOK
2975 (set_current_function,
2976 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2977 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2978 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2979 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2980 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2981 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2982 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2983 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2984 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2985 \n\
2986 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2987 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2988 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2989 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2990 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2991 outside of any function scope.",
2992 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2993
2994 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2995 DEFHOOK
2996 (in_small_data_p,
2997 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2998 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2999 bool, (const_tree exp),
3000 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3001
3002 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3003 to the current executable or shared library. */
3004 DEFHOOK
3005 (binds_local_p,
3006 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3007 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3008 or executable image).\n\
3009 \n\
3010 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3011 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3012 currently supported object file formats.",
3013 bool, (const_tree exp),
3014 default_binds_local_p)
3015
3016 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3017 DEFHOOK
3018 (profile_before_prologue,
3019 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3020 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3021 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3022 bool, (void),
3023 default_profile_before_prologue)
3024
3025 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3026 enabled. */
3027 DEFHOOK
3028 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3029 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3030 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3031 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3032 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3033 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3034 bool, (void),
3035 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3036
3037 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3038 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3039 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3040 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3041 DEFHOOK
3042 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3043 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3044 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3045 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3046 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3047 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3048 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3049 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3050 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3051 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3052
3053 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3054 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3055 DEFHOOK
3056 (encode_section_info,
3057 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3058 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3059 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3060 \n\
3061 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3062 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3063 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3064 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3065 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3066 \n\
3067 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3068 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3069 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3070 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3071 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3072 leave it alone.)\n\
3073 \n\
3074 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3075 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3076 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3077 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3078 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3079 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3080 \n\
3081 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3082 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3083 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3084 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3085 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3086 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3087 \n\
3088 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3089 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3090 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3091 before overriding it.",
3092 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3093 default_encode_section_info)
3094
3095 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3096 DEFHOOK
3097 (strip_name_encoding,
3098 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3099 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3100 may have added.",
3101 const char *, (const char *name),
3102 default_strip_name_encoding)
3103
3104 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3105 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3106 DEFHOOK
3107 (shift_truncation_mask,
3108 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3109 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3110 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3111 \n\
3112 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3113 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3114 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3115 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3116 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3117 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3118 \n\
3119 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3120 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3121 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3122 \n\
3123 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3124 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3125 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3126 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3127 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3128 by overriding it.",
3129 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3130 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3131
3132 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3133 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3134 the reciprocal. */
3135 DEFHOOK
3136 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3137 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3138 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3139 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3140 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3141 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3142 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3143 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3144 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3145
3146 DEFHOOK
3147 (truly_noop_truncation,
3148 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3149 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3150 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3151 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3152 is correct for most machines.\n\
3153 \n\
3154 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3155 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3156 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3157 bool, (unsigned int outprec, unsigned int inprec),
3158 hook_bool_uint_uint_true)
3159
3160 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3161 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3162 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3163 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3164 necessarily defined at this point. */
3165 DEFHOOK
3166 (mode_rep_extended,
3167 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3168 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3169 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3170 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3171 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3172 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3173 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3174 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3175 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3176 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3177 \n\
3178 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3179 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3180 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3181 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3182 \n\
3183 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3184 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3185 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3186 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3187 extension.\n\
3188 \n\
3189 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3190 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3191 @code{mode}.",
3192 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3193 default_mode_rep_extended)
3194
3195 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3196 DEFHOOK
3197 (valid_pointer_mode,
3198 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3199 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3200 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3201 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3202 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3203
3204 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3205 DEFHOOK
3206 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3207 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3208 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3209 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3210 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3211 a pointer to int.",
3212 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3213 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3214
3215 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3216 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3217 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3218 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3219
3220 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3221 DEFHOOK
3222 (pointer_mode,
3223 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3224 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3225 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3226 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3227 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3228
3229 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3230 DEFHOOK
3231 (address_mode,
3232 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3233 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3234 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3235 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3236 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3237
3238 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3239 in another address space. */
3240 DEFHOOK
3241 (valid_pointer_mode,
3242 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3243 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3244 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3245 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3246 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3247 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3248 target hooks for the given address space.",
3249 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3250 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3251
3252 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3253 space for a given mode. */
3254 DEFHOOK
3255 (legitimate_address_p,
3256 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3257 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3258 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3259 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3260 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3261 explicit named address space support.",
3262 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3263 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3264
3265 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3266 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3267 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3268 DEFHOOK
3269 (legitimize_address,
3270 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3271 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3272 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3273 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3274 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3275 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3276
3277 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3278 DEFHOOK
3279 (subset_p,
3280 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3281 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3282 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3283 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3284 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3285 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3286 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3287 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3288
3289 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3290 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3291 DEFHOOK
3292 (zero_address_valid,
3293 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3294 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3295 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3296 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3297
3298 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3299 DEFHOOK
3300 (convert,
3301 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3302 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3303 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3304 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3305 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3306 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3307 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3308 default_addr_space_convert)
3309
3310 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3311 DEFHOOK
3312 (debug,
3313 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3314 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3315 int, (addr_space_t as),
3316 default_addr_space_debug)
3317
3318 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3319 DEFHOOK
3320 (diagnose_usage,
3321 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3322 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3323 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3324 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3325 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3326 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3327 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3328 The default implementation does nothing.",
3329 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3330 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3331
3332 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3333
3334 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3335 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3336
3337 DEFHOOK
3338 (static_rtx_alignment,
3339 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3340 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3341 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3342 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3343 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3344 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3345
3346 DEFHOOK
3347 (constant_alignment,
3348 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3349 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3350 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3351 \n\
3352 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3353 \n\
3354 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3355 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3356 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3357 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3358 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3359 default_constant_alignment)
3360
3361 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3362 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3363 the arithmetic is supported. */
3364 DEFHOOK
3365 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3366 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3367 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3368 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3369 must work.\n\
3370 \n\
3371 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3372 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3373 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3374 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3375 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3376 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3377
3378 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3379 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3380 for further details. */
3381 DEFHOOK
3382 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3383 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3384 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3385 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3386 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3387 hook_bool_mode_false)
3388
3389 DEFHOOK
3390 (vector_alignment,
3391 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3392 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3393 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3394 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3395 the vector element type.",
3396 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3397 default_vector_alignment)
3398
3399 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3400 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3401 DEFHOOK
3402 (array_mode_supported_p,
3403 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3404 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3405 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3406 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3407 \n\
3408 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3409 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3410 has operations like:\n\
3411 \n\
3412 @smallexample\n\
3413 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3414 @end smallexample\n\
3415 \n\
3416 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3417 \n\
3418 @smallexample\n\
3419 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3420 @{\n\
3421 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3422 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3423 @end smallexample\n\
3424 \n\
3425 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3426 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3427 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3428 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3429 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3430
3431 DEFHOOK
3432 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3433 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3434 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3435 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3436 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3437 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3438 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3439 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3440
3441 DEFHOOK
3442 (floatn_mode,
3443 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3444 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3445 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3446 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3447 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3448 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3449 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3450 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3451 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3452 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3453 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3454 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3455 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3456 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3457 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3458 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3459 default_floatn_mode)
3460
3461 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3462 TO, using MODE. */
3463 DEFHOOK
3464 (register_move_cost,
3465 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3466 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3467 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3468 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3469 that.\n\
3470 \n\
3471 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3472 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3473 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3474 \n\
3475 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3476 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3477 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3478 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3479 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3480 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3481 \n\
3482 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3483 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3484 default_register_move_cost)
3485
3486 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3487 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3488 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3489 DEFHOOK
3490 (memory_move_cost,
3491 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3492 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3493 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3494 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3495 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3496 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3497 \n\
3498 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3499 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3500 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3501 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3502 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3503 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3504 \n\
3505 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3506 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3507 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3508 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3509 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3510 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3511 are the same as to this target hook.",
3512 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3513 default_memory_move_cost)
3514
3515 DEFHOOK
3516 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3517 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3518 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3519 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3520 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3521 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3522 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3523 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3524 \n\
3525 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3526 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3527 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3528 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3529 units.\n\
3530 \n\
3531 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3532 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3533 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3534 under consideration.\n\
3535 \n\
3536 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3537 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3538 \n\
3539 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3540 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3541 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3542 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3543 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3544 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3545 \n\
3546 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3547 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3548 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3549 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3550 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3551 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3552
3553 DEFHOOK
3554 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3555 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3556 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3557 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3558 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3559 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3560 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3561 negative number from this hook.",
3562 int, (machine_mode mode),
3563 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3564
3565 DEFHOOK
3566 (slow_unaligned_access,
3567 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3568 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3569 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3570 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3571 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3572 \n\
3573 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3574 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3575 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3576 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3577 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3578 \n\
3579 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3580 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3581 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3582 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3583
3584 DEFHOOK
3585 (optab_supported_p,
3586 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3587 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3588 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3589 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3590 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3591 \n\
3592 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3593 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3594 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3595 \n\
3596 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3597 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3598 optimization_type opt_type),
3599 default_optab_supported_p)
3600
3601 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3602 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3603 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3604 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3605 DEFHOOK
3606 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3607 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3608 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3609 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3610 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3611 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3612 for any mode.\n\
3613 \n\
3614 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3615 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3616 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3617 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3618 insn.\n\
3619 \n\
3620 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3621 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3622 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3623 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3624 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3625 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3626 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3627 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3628 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3629 \n\
3630 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3631 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3632 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3633 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3634 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3635 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3636 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3637 hook_bool_mode_false)
3638
3639 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3640 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3641 DEFHOOKPOD
3642 (flags_regnum,
3643 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3644 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3645 appropriately.",
3646 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3647
3648 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3649 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3650 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3651 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3652 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3653 DEFHOOK
3654 (rtx_costs,
3655 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3656 \n\
3657 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3658 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3659 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3660 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3661 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3662 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3663 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3664 \n\
3665 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3666 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3667 \n\
3668 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3669 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3670 instructions.\n\
3671 \n\
3672 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3673 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3674 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3675 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3676 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3677 \n\
3678 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3679 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3680 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3681 \n\
3682 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3683 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3684 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3685 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3686
3687 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3688 invalid addresses. */
3689 DEFHOOK
3690 (address_cost,
3691 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3692 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3693 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3694 \n\
3695 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3696 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3697 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3698 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3699 \n\
3700 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3701 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3702 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3703 \n\
3704 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3705 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3706 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3707 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3708 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3709 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3710 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3711 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3712 \n\
3713 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3714 \n\
3715 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3716 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3717 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3718 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3719 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3720 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3721 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3722 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3723 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3724 default_address_cost)
3725
3726 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3727 DEFHOOK
3728 (insn_cost,
3729 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3730 \n\
3731 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3732 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3733 instructions.\n\
3734 \n\
3735 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3736 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3737 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3738 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3739
3740 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3741 well defined units. */
3742 DEFHOOK
3743 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3744 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3745 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3746 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3747 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3748 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3749 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3750 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3751 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3752 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3753 \n\
3754 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3755 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3756 were true.\n\
3757 \n\
3758 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3759 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3760 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3761 unsigned int, (edge e),
3762 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3763
3764 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3765 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3766 DEFHOOK
3767 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3768 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3769 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3770 @code{if_info}.",
3771 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3772 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3773
3774 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3775 scheduling. */
3776 DEFHOOK
3777 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3778 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3779 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3780 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3781 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3782 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3783 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3784 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3785 hook_bool_void_false)
3786
3787 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3788 DEFHOOK
3789 (allocate_initial_value,
3790 "\n\
3791 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3792 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3793 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3794 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3795 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3796 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3797 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3798 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3799 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3800 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3801 @code{MEM}.\n\
3802 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3803 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3804 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3805 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3806 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3807 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3808 allocation.",
3809 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3810
3811 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3812 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3813 DEFHOOK
3814 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3815 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3816 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3817 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3818 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3819 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3820 passed along.",
3821 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3822 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3823
3824 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3825 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3826 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3827 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3828 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3829 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3830 DEFHOOK
3831 (dwarf_register_span,
3832 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3833 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3834 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3835 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3836 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3837 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3838 rtx, (rtx reg),
3839 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3840
3841 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3842 register. */
3843 DEFHOOK
3844 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3845 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3846 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3847 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3848 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3849 machine_mode, (int regno),
3850 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3851
3852 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3853 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3854 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3855 code, given the address of the table. */
3856 DEFHOOK
3857 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3858 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3859 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3860 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3861 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3862 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3863 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3864 void, (tree address),
3865 hook_void_tree)
3866
3867 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3868 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3869 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3870 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3871 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3872 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3873 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3874 DEFHOOK
3875 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3876 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3877 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3878 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3879 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3880 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3881 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3882 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3883 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3884 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3885 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3886 \n\
3887 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3888 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3889 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3890
3891 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3892 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3893 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3894 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3895 VOIDmode. */
3896 DEFHOOK
3897 (cc_modes_compatible,
3898 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3899 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3900 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3901 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3902 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3903 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3904 \n\
3905 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3906 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3907 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3908 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3909 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3910
3911 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3912 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3913 DEFHOOK
3914 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3915 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3916 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3917 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3918 \n\
3919 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3920 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3921 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3922 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3923 \n\
3924 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3925 definition is null.",
3926 void, (void), NULL)
3927
3928 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3929 DEFHOOK
3930 (build_builtin_va_list,
3931 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3932 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3933 tree, (void),
3934 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3935
3936 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3937 DEFHOOK
3938 (enum_va_list_p,
3939 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3940 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3941 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3942 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3943 variable.\n\
3944 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3945 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3946 internal type.\n\
3947 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3948 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3949 macro to iterate through all types.",
3950 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3951 NULL)
3952
3953 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3954 DEFHOOK
3955 (fn_abi_va_list,
3956 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3957 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3958 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3959 tree, (tree fndecl),
3960 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3961
3962 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3963 DEFHOOK
3964 (canonical_va_list_type,
3965 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3966 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3967 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3968 tree, (tree type),
3969 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3970
3971 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3972 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3973 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3974 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3975 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3976
3977 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3978 DEFHOOK
3979 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
3980 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3981 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3982 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3983 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
3984 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3985 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3986
3987 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3988 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3989 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3990 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3991 or an error message if not. */
3992 DEFHOOK
3993 (get_pch_validity,
3994 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3995 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3996 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
3997 void *, (size_t *sz),
3998 default_get_pch_validity)
3999
4000 DEFHOOK
4001 (pch_valid_p,
4002 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4003 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4004 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4005 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4006 \n\
4007 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4008 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4009 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4010 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4011 \n\
4012 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4013 suitable for most targets.",
4014 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4015 default_pch_valid_p)
4016
4017 DEFHOOK
4018 (prepare_pch_save,
4019 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4020 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4021 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4022 to do anything here.",
4023 void, (void),
4024 hook_void_void)
4025
4026 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4027 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4028 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4029 DEFHOOK
4030 (check_pch_target_flags,
4031 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4032 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4033 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4034 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4035 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4036 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4037
4038 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4039 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4040 that type. */
4041 DEFHOOK
4042 (default_short_enums,
4043 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4044 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4045 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4046 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4047 \n\
4048 The default is to return false.",
4049 bool, (void),
4050 hook_bool_void_false)
4051
4052 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4053 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4054 DEFHOOK
4055 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4056 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4057 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4058 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4059 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4060 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4061 rtx, (void),
4062 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4063
4064 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4065 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4066 DEFHOOK
4067 (md_asm_adjust,
4068 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4069 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4070 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4071 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4072 \n\
4073 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4074 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4075 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4076 rtx_insn *,
4077 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4078 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4079 NULL)
4080
4081 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4082 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4083 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4084 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4085 the function is being declared as an int. */
4086 DEFHOOK
4087 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4088 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4089 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4090 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4091 int, (const_tree function),
4092 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4093
4094 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4095 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4096 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4097 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4098 and
4099 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4100 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4101 DEFHOOK
4102 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4103 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4104 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4105 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4106 @smallexample\n\
4107 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4108 @end smallexample\n\
4109 and\n\
4110 @smallexample\n\
4111 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4112 @end smallexample\n\
4113 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4114 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4115 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4116 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4117
4118 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4119 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4120 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4121 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4122 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4123 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4124 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4125
4126 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4127 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4128 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4129 DEFHOOK
4130 (stack_protect_guard,
4131 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4132 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4133 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4134 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4135 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4136 \n\
4137 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4138 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4139 tree, (void),
4140 default_stack_protect_guard)
4141
4142 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4143 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4144 DEFHOOK
4145 (stack_protect_fail,
4146 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4147 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4148 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4149 \n\
4150 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4151 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4152 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4153 tree, (void),
4154 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4155
4156 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4157 protector runtime support. */
4158 DEFHOOK
4159 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4160 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4161 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4162 bool, (void),
4163 hook_bool_void_true)
4164
4165 DEFHOOK
4166 (can_use_doloop_p,
4167 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4168 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4169 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4170 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4171 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4172 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4173 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4174 \n\
4175 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4176 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4177 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4178 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4179 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4180 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4181
4182 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4183 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4184 DEFHOOK
4185 (invalid_within_doloop,
4186 "\n\
4187 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4188 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4189 could not be applied.\n\
4190 \n\
4191 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4192 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4193 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4194 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4195 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4196 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4197 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4198
4199 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4200 DEFHOOK
4201 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4202 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4203 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4204 default is to accept all instructions.",
4205 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4206 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4207
4208 DEFHOOK
4209 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4210 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4211 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4212 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4213 bool, (const_tree decl),
4214 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4215
4216 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4217 value. */
4218 DEFHOOKPOD
4219 (const_anchor,
4220 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4221 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4222 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4223 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4224 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4225 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4226 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4227 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4228 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4229 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4230 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4231 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4232 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4233 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4234 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4235 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4236
4237 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4238 DEFHOOK
4239 (memmodel_check,
4240 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4241 memory model bits are allowed.",
4242 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4243
4244 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4245 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4246 supported by the target. */
4247 DEFHOOK
4248 (asan_shadow_offset,
4249 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4250 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4251 supported by the target.",
4252 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4253 NULL)
4254
4255 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4256 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4257 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4258
4259 DEFHOOK
4260 (promote_function_mode,
4261 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4262 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4263 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4264 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4265 pointer} types.\n\
4266 \n\
4267 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4268 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4269 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4270 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4271 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4272 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4273 the signedness may be different.\n\
4274 \n\
4275 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4276 \n\
4277 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4278 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4279 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4280 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4281 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4282 default_promote_function_mode)
4283
4284 DEFHOOK
4285 (promote_prototypes,
4286 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4287 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4288 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4289 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4290 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4291 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4292 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4293
4294 DEFHOOK
4295 (struct_value_rtx,
4296 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4297 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4298 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4299 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4300 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4301 argument.\n\
4302 \n\
4303 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4304 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4305 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4306 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4307 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4308 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4309 the caller.\n\
4310 \n\
4311 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4312 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4313 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4314 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4315 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4316 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4317 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4318
4319 DEFHOOKPOD
4320 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4321 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4322 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4323 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4324 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4325 undesirable on your target.",
4326 bool, false)
4327
4328 DEFHOOK
4329 (return_in_memory,
4330 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4331 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4332 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4333 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4334 libcalls.\n\
4335 \n\
4336 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4337 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4338 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4339 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4340 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4341 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4342 \n\
4343 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4344 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4345 to indicate this.",
4346 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4347 default_return_in_memory)
4348
4349 DEFHOOK
4350 (return_in_msb,
4351 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4352 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4353 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4354 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4355 \n\
4356 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4357 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4358 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4359 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4360 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4361 bool, (const_tree type),
4362 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4363
4364 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4365 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4366 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4367 DEFHOOK
4368 (pass_by_reference,
4369 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4370 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4371 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4372 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4373 \n\
4374 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4375 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4376 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4377 to that type.",
4378 bool,
4379 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4380 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4381
4382 DEFHOOK
4383 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4384 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4385 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4386 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4387 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4388 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4389 rtx, (void),
4390 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4391
4392 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4393 DEFHOOK
4394 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4395 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4396 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4397 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4398 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4399 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4400 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4401 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4402 \n\
4403 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4404 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4405 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4406 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4407 \n\
4408 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4409 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4410 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4411 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4412 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4413 frame.\n\
4414 \n\
4415 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4416 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4417 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4418 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4419 for all data types.\n\
4420 \n\
4421 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4422 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4423 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4424 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4425 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4426 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4427 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4428 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4429
4430 DEFHOOK
4431 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4432 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4433 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4434 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4435 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4436 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4437 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4438 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4439 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4440 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4441
4442 DEFHOOK
4443 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4444 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4445 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4446 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4447 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4448 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4449 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4450 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4451 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4452 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4453
4454 DEFHOOK
4455 (load_returned_bounds,
4456 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4457 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4458 loaded bounds.",
4459 rtx, (rtx slot),
4460 default_load_returned_bounds)
4461
4462 DEFHOOK
4463 (store_returned_bounds,
4464 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4465 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4466 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4467 default_store_returned_bounds)
4468
4469 DEFHOOK
4470 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4471 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4472 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4473 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4474 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4475 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4476 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4477
4478 DEFHOOK
4479 (call_args,
4480 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4481 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4482 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4483 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4484 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4485 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4486 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4487 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4488 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4489 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4490 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4491 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4492 void, (rtx, tree),
4493 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4494
4495 DEFHOOK
4496 (end_call_args,
4497 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4498 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4499 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4500 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4501 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4502 void, (void),
4503 hook_void_void)
4504
4505 DEFHOOK
4506 (strict_argument_naming,
4507 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4508 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4509 \n\
4510 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4511 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4512 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4513 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4514 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4515 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4516 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4517 \n\
4518 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4519 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4520 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4521
4522 /* Returns true if we should use
4523 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4524 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4525 DEFHOOK
4526 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4527 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4528 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4529 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4530 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4531 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4532 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4533 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4534 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4535
4536 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4537 should be passed as two scalars. */
4538 DEFHOOK
4539 (split_complex_arg,
4540 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4541 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4542 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4543 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4544 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4545 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4546 point register.\n\
4547 \n\
4548 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4549 false.",
4550 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4551
4552 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4553 but must be passed on the stack. */
4554 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4555 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4556 DEFHOOK
4557 (must_pass_in_stack,
4558 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4559 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4560 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4561 documentation.",
4562 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4563 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4564
4565 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4566 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4567 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4568 DEFHOOK
4569 (callee_copies,
4570 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4571 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4572 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4573 by the caller.\n\
4574 \n\
4575 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4576 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4577 not be generated.\n\
4578 \n\
4579 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4580 bool,
4581 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4582 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4583
4584 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4585 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4586 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4587 DEFHOOK
4588 (arg_partial_bytes,
4589 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4590 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4591 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4592 pushed on the stack.\n\
4593 \n\
4594 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4595 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4596 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4597 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4598 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4599 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4600 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4601 \n\
4602 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4603 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4604 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4605 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4606 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4607
4608 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4609 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4610 argument. */
4611 DEFHOOK
4612 (function_arg_advance,
4613 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4614 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4615 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4616 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4617 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4618 \n\
4619 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4620 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4621 used for arguments without any special help.",
4622 void,
4623 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4624 default_function_arg_advance)
4625
4626 DEFHOOK
4627 (function_arg_offset,
4628 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4629 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4630 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4631 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4632 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4633 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4634 default_function_arg_offset)
4635
4636 DEFHOOK
4637 (function_arg_padding,
4638 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4639 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4640 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4641 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4642 \n\
4643 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4644 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4645 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4646 \n\
4647 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4648 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4649 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4650 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4651 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4652 default_function_arg_padding)
4653
4654 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4655 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4656 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4657 argument. */
4658 DEFHOOK
4659 (function_arg,
4660 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4661 register and if so, which register.\n\
4662 \n\
4663 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4664 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4665 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4666 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4667 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4668 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4669 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4670 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4671 \n\
4672 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4673 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4674 on the stack.\n\
4675 \n\
4676 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4677 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4678 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4679 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4680 for more information.\n\
4681 \n\
4682 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4683 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4684 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4685 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4686 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4687 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4688 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4689 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4690 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4691 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4692 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4693 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4694 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4695 \n\
4696 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4697 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4698 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4699 \n\
4700 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4701 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4702 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4703 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4704 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4705 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4706 \n\
4707 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4708 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4709 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4710 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4711 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4712 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4713 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4714 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4715 a register.",
4716 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4717 bool named),
4718 default_function_arg)
4719
4720 DEFHOOK
4721 (function_incoming_arg,
4722 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4723 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4724 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4725 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4726 \n\
4727 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4728 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4729 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4730 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4731 arrive.\n\
4732 \n\
4733 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4734 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4735 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4736 \n\
4737 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4738 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4739 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4740 bool named),
4741 default_function_incoming_arg)
4742
4743 DEFHOOK
4744 (function_arg_boundary,
4745 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4746 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4747 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4748 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4749 default_function_arg_boundary)
4750
4751 DEFHOOK
4752 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4753 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4754 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4755 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4756 value.",
4757 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4758 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4759
4760 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4761 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4762 DEFHOOK
4763 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4764 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4765 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4766 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4767 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4768 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4769
4770 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4771 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4772 DEFHOOK
4773 (function_value,
4774 "\n\
4775 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4776 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4777 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4778 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4779 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4780 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4781 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4782 a function returns a value.\n\
4783 \n\
4784 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4785 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4786 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4787 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4788 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4789 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4790 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4791 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4792 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4793 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4794 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4795 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4796 \n\
4797 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4798 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4799 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4800 \n\
4801 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4802 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4803 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4804 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4805 known.\n\
4806 \n\
4807 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4808 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4809 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4810 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4811 \n\
4812 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4813 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4814 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4815 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4816 default_function_value)
4817
4818 /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4819 DEFHOOK
4820 (chkp_function_value_bounds,
4821 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4822 returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4823 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4824 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4825 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4826
4827 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4828 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4829 DEFHOOK
4830 (libcall_value,
4831 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4832 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4833 \n\
4834 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4835 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4836 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4837 \n\
4838 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4839 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4840 default_libcall_value)
4841
4842 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4843 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4844 DEFHOOK
4845 (function_value_regno_p,
4846 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4847 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4848 \n\
4849 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4850 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4851 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4852 \n\
4853 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4854 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4855 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4856 \n\
4857 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4858 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4859 default_function_value_regno_p)
4860
4861 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4862 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4863 (internal_arg_pointer,
4864 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4865 current function.",
4866 rtx, (void),
4867 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4868
4869 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4870 DEFHOOK
4871 (update_stack_boundary,
4872 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4873 necessary.",
4874 void, (void), NULL)
4875
4876 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4877 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4878 DEFHOOK
4879 (get_drap_rtx,
4880 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4881 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4882 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4883 is needed.",
4884 rtx, (void), NULL)
4885
4886 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4887 stack. */
4888 DEFHOOK
4889 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4890 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4891 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4892 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4893 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4894 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4895 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4896 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4897 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4898 bool, (void),
4899 hook_bool_void_true)
4900
4901 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4902 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4903 DEFHOOK
4904 (static_chain,
4905 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4906 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4907 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4908 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4909 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4910 \n\
4911 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4912 \n\
4913 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4914 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4915 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4916 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4917 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4918 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4919 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4920 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4921 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4922 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4923 to refer to those items.",
4924 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4925 default_static_chain)
4926
4927 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4928 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4929 DEFHOOK
4930 (trampoline_init,
4931 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4932 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4933 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4934 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4935 when it is called.\n\
4936 \n\
4937 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4938 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4939 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4940 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4941 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4942 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4943 \n\
4944 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4945 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4946 initializing the trampoline proper.",
4947 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4948 default_trampoline_init)
4949
4950 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4951 DEFHOOK
4952 (trampoline_adjust_address,
4953 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4954 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4955 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4956 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4957 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4958 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4959 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
4960 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4961
4962 DEFHOOKPOD
4963 (custom_function_descriptors,
4964 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4965 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4966 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4967 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4968 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4969 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4970 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4971 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4972 it to be made executable.\n\
4973 \n\
4974 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4975 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
4976 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
4977 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
4978 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
4979 int, -1)
4980
4981 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4982 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4983 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4984 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
4985 DEFHOOK
4986 (return_pops_args,
4987 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4988 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4989 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4990 \n\
4991 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4992 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4993 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4994 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4995 \n\
4996 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4997 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4998 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4999 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5000 arguments (if known).\n\
5001 \n\
5002 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5003 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5004 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5005 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5006 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5007 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5008 \n\
5009 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5010 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5011 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5012 \n\
5013 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5014 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5015 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5016 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5017 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5018 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5019 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5020 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5021 number of arguments.",
5022 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
5023 default_return_pops_args)
5024
5025 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5026 returned. */
5027 DEFHOOK
5028 (get_raw_result_mode,
5029 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5030 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5031 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5032 machine_mode, (int regno),
5033 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5034
5035 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5036 passed. */
5037 DEFHOOK
5038 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5039 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5040 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5041 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5042 machine_mode, (int regno),
5043 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5044
5045 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5046
5047 DEFHOOK
5048 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5049 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5050 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5051 bool, (void),
5052 hook_bool_void_false)
5053
5054 DEFHOOK
5055 (init_pic_reg,
5056 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5057 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5058 void, (void),
5059 hook_void_void)
5060
5061 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5062 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5063 DEFHOOK
5064 (invalid_conversion,
5065 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5066 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5067 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5068 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5069 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5070
5071 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5072 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5073 DEFHOOK
5074 (invalid_unary_op,
5075 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5076 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5077 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5078 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5079 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5080 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5081
5082 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5083 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5084 DEFHOOK
5085 (invalid_binary_op,
5086 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5087 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5088 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5089 the front end.",
5090 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5091 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5092
5093 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5094 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5095 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5096 DEFHOOK
5097 (promoted_type,
5098 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5099 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5100 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5101 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5102 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5103 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5104 tree, (const_tree type),
5105 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5106
5107 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5108 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5109 the standard conversion rules. */
5110 DEFHOOK
5111 (convert_to_type,
5112 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5113 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5114 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5115 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5116 conversion rules.\n\
5117 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5118 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5119 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5120
5121 DEFHOOK
5122 (can_change_mode_class,
5123 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5124 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5125 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5126 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5127 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5128 \n\
5129 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5130 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5131 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5132 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5133 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5134 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5135 \n\
5136 @smallexample\n\
5137 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5138 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5139 @end smallexample\n\
5140 \n\
5141 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5142 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5143 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5144 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5145 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5146 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5147 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5148 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5149 value that the middle-end intended.",
5150 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5151 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5152
5153 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5154 DEFHOOK
5155 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5156 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5157 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5158 \n\
5159 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5160 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5161 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5162
5163 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5164 DEFHOOK
5165 (lra_p,
5166 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5167 \
5168 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5169 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5170 bool, (void),
5171 default_lra_p)
5172
5173 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5174 DEFHOOK
5175 (register_priority,
5176 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5177 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5178 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5179 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5180 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5181 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5182 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5183 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5184 \
5185 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5186 int, (int),
5187 default_register_priority)
5188
5189 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5190 DEFHOOK
5191 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5192 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5193 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5194 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5195 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5196 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5197 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5198 optimizations.\
5199 \
5200 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5201 bool, (void),
5202 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5203
5204 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5205 DEFHOOK
5206 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5207 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5208 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5209 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5210 the insn.\
5211 \
5212 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5213 bool, (void),
5214 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5215
5216 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5217 instead of memory. */
5218 DEFHOOK
5219 (spill_class,
5220 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5221 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5222 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5223 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5224 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5225 NULL)
5226
5227 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5228 DEFHOOK
5229 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5230 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5231 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5232 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5233 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5234 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5235 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5236 bool, (reg_class_t),
5237 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5238
5239 DEFHOOK
5240 (cstore_mode,
5241 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5242 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5243 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5244 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5245 patterns.",
5246 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5247 default_cstore_mode)
5248
5249 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5250 classes to use. */
5251 DEFHOOK
5252 (compute_pressure_classes,
5253 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5254 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5255 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5256 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5257 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5258
5259 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5260 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5261 DEFHOOK
5262 (member_type_forces_blk,
5263 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5264 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5265 \n\
5266 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5267 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5268 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5269 retain the field's mode.\n\
5270 \n\
5271 Normally, this is not needed.",
5272 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5273 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5274
5275 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5276 that gate the divod transform. */
5277 DEFHOOK
5278 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5279 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5280 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5281 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5282 NULL)
5283
5284 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5285 DEFHOOK
5286 (secondary_reload,
5287 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5288 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5289 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5290 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5291 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5292 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5293 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5294 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5295 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5296 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5297 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5298 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5299 \n\
5300 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5301 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5302 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5303 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5304 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5305 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5306 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5307 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5308 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5309 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5310 \n\
5311 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5312 \n\
5313 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5314 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5315 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5316 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5317 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5318 \n\
5319 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5320 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5321 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5322 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5323 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5324 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5325 \n\
5326 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5327 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5328 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5329 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5330 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5331 \n\
5332 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5333 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5334 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5335 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5336 single-register-class\n\
5337 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5338 output constraint.\n\
5339 \n\
5340 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5341 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5342 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5343 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5344 \n\
5345 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5346 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5347 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5348 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5349 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5350 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5351 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5352 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5353 \n\
5354 \n\
5355 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5356 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5357 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5358 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5359 \n\
5360 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5361 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5362 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5363 \n\
5364 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5365 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5366 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5367 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5368 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5369 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5370 reg_class_t,
5371 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5372 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5373 default_secondary_reload)
5374
5375 DEFHOOK
5376 (secondary_memory_needed,
5377 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5378 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5379 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5380 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5381 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5382 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5383 false for all inputs.",
5384 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5385 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5386
5387 DEFHOOK
5388 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5389 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5390 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5391 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5392 \n\
5393 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5394 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5395 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5396 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5397 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5398 floating-point registers.\n\
5399 \n\
5400 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5401 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5402 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5403 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5404 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5405 details.\n\
5406 \n\
5407 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5408 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5409 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5410
5411 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5412 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5413 DEFHOOK
5414 (preferred_reload_class,
5415 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5416 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5417 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5418 another, smaller class.\n\
5419 \n\
5420 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5421 \n\
5422 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5423 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5424 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5425 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5426 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5427 \n\
5428 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5429 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5430 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5431 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5432 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5433 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5434 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5435 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5436 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5437 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5438 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5439 \n\
5440 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5441 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5442 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5443 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5444 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5445 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5446 reg_class_t,
5447 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5448 default_preferred_reload_class)
5449
5450 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5451 input reloads. */
5452 DEFHOOK
5453 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5454 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5455 input reloads.\n\
5456 \n\
5457 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5458 argument.\n\
5459 \n\
5460 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5461 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5462 reg_class_t,
5463 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5464 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5465
5466 DEFHOOK
5467 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5468 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5469 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5470 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5471 \n\
5472 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5473 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5474 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5475 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5476 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5477 \n\
5478 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5479 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5480 pressure.",
5481 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5482 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5483
5484 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5485 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5486 DEFHOOK
5487 (class_max_nregs,
5488 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5489 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5490 \n\
5491 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5492 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5493 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5494 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5495 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5496 \n\
5497 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5498 in the reload pass.\n\
5499 \n\
5500 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5501 in words.",
5502 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5503 default_class_max_nregs)
5504
5505 DEFHOOK
5506 (preferred_rename_class,
5507 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5508 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5509 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5510 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5511 is not implemented.\
5512 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5513 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5514 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5515 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5516 be reduced.",
5517 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5518 default_preferred_rename_class)
5519
5520 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5521 during register allocation. */
5522 DEFHOOK
5523 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5524 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5525 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5526 register allocation.\n\
5527 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5528 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5529 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5530 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5531 bool, (rtx subst),
5532 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5533
5534 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5535 displacement addressing. */
5536 DEFHOOK
5537 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5538 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5539 legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5540 at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5541 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5542 This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5543 addressing.",
5544 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5545 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5546
5547 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5548 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5549 DEFHOOK
5550 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5551 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5552 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5553 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5554 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5555 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5556 usage.",
5557 void, (void),
5558 hook_void_void)
5559
5560 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5561 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5562 but will be later. */
5563 DEFHOOK
5564 (instantiate_decls,
5565 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5566 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5567 void, (void),
5568 hook_void_void)
5569
5570 DEFHOOK
5571 (hard_regno_nregs,
5572 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5573 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5574 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5575 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5576 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5577 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5578 \n\
5579 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5580 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5581 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5582
5583 DEFHOOK
5584 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5585 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5586 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5587 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5588 unconditionally.\n\
5589 \n\
5590 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5591 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5592 \n\
5593 @cindex register pairs\n\
5594 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5595 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5596 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5597 \n\
5598 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5599 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5600 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5601 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5602 \n\
5603 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5604 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5605 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5606 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5607 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5608 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5609 modes to be tieable.\n\
5610 \n\
5611 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5612 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5613 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5614 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5615 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5616 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5617 \n\
5618 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5619 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5620 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5621 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5622 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5623 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5624 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5625 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5626 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5627 \n\
5628 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5629 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5630 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5631 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5632 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5633 \n\
5634 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5635 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5636 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5637 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5638 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5639 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5640 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5641
5642 DEFHOOK
5643 (modes_tieable_p,
5644 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5645 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5646 \n\
5647 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5648 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5649 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5650 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5651 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5652 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5653 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5654 \n\
5655 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5656 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5657 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5658 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5659 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5660
5661 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5662 in peephole2. */
5663 DEFHOOK
5664 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5665 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5666 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5667 \n\
5668 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5669 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5670 \n\
5671 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5672 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5673 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5674
5675 DEFHOOK
5676 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5677 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5678 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5679 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5680 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5681 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5682 \n\
5683 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5684 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5685 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5686 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5687
5688 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5689 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5690 DEFHOOK
5691 (case_values_threshold,
5692 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5693 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5694 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5695 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5696 unsigned int, (void),
5697 default_case_values_threshold)
5698
5699 DEFHOOK
5700 (starting_frame_offset,
5701 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5702 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5703 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5704 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5705 implementation returns 0.",
5706 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5707 hook_hwi_void_0)
5708
5709 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5710 DEFHOOK
5711 (compute_frame_layout,
5712 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5713 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5714 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5715 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5716 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5717 this callback is optional.",
5718 void, (void),
5719 hook_void_void)
5720
5721 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5722 DEFHOOK
5723 (frame_pointer_required,
5724 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5725 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5726 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5727 \n\
5728 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5729 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5730 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5731 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5732 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5733 pointer.\n\
5734 \n\
5735 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5736 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5737 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5738 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5739 them.\n\
5740 \n\
5741 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5742 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5743 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5744 \n\
5745 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5746 bool, (void),
5747 hook_bool_void_false)
5748
5749 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5750 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5751 DEFHOOK
5752 (can_eliminate,
5753 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5754 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5755 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5756 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5757 knows about.\n\
5758 \n\
5759 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5760 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5761 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5762
5763 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5764 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5765 target. */
5766 DEFHOOK
5767 (conditional_register_usage,
5768 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5769 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5770 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5771 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5772 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5773 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5774 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5775 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5776 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5777 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5778 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5779 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5780 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5781 command options have been applied.\n\
5782 \n\
5783 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5784 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5785 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5786 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5787 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5788 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5789 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5790 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5791 \n\
5792 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5793 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5794 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5795 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5796 void, (void),
5797 hook_void_void)
5798
5799 DEFHOOK
5800 (stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe,
5801 "Some targets make optimistic assumptions about the state of stack probing when they emit their prologues. On such targets a probe into the end of any dynamically allocated space is likely required for safety against stack clash style attacks. Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe is required or zero otherwise. You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5802 bool, (rtx residual),
5803 default_stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe)
5804
5805
5806 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5807 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5808 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5809 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5810
5811 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5812 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5813 (mode_for_suffix,
5814 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5815 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5816 machine_mode, (char c),
5817 default_mode_for_suffix)
5818
5819 DEFHOOK
5820 (excess_precision,
5821 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5822 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5823 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5824 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5825 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5826 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5827 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5828 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5829 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5830 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5831 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5832 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5833 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5834 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5835 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5836 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5837 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5838 default_excess_precision)
5839
5840 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5841
5842 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5843 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5844 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5845 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5846
5847 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5848 DEFHOOK
5849 (guard_type,
5850 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5851 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5852 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5853 tree, (void),
5854 default_cxx_guard_type)
5855
5856 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5857 DEFHOOK
5858 (guard_mask_bit,
5859 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5860 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5861 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5862 bool, (void),
5863 hook_bool_void_false)
5864
5865 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5866 DEFHOOK
5867 (get_cookie_size,
5868 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5869 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5870 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5871 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5872 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5873 tree, (tree type),
5874 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5875
5876 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5877 DEFHOOK
5878 (cookie_has_size,
5879 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5880 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5881 bool, (void),
5882 hook_bool_void_false)
5883
5884 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5885 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5886 DEFHOOK
5887 (import_export_class,
5888 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5889 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5890 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5891 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5892 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5893 backend's targeted operating system.",
5894 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5895
5896 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5897 DEFHOOK
5898 (cdtor_returns_this,
5899 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5900 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5901 @code{false}.",
5902 bool, (void),
5903 hook_bool_void_false)
5904
5905 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5906 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5907 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5908 DEFHOOK
5909 (key_method_may_be_inline,
5910 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5911 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5912 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5913 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5914 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5915 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5916 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
5917 bool, (void),
5918 hook_bool_void_true)
5919
5920 DEFHOOK
5921 (determine_class_data_visibility,
5922 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5923 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5924 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5925 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5926 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5927 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5928 void, (tree decl),
5929 hook_void_tree)
5930
5931 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5932 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5933 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5934 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5935 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5936 DEFHOOK
5937 (class_data_always_comdat,
5938 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5939 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5940 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5941 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5942 unit will not be COMDAT.",
5943 bool, (void),
5944 hook_bool_void_true)
5945
5946 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5947 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5948 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5949 DEFHOOK
5950 (library_rtti_comdat,
5951 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5952 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5953 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
5954 bool, (void),
5955 hook_bool_void_true)
5956
5957 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5958 destructors. */
5959 DEFHOOK
5960 (use_aeabi_atexit,
5961 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5962 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5963 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
5964 bool, (void),
5965 hook_bool_void_false)
5966
5967 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5968 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5969 DEFHOOK
5970 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
5971 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5972 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5973 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5974 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5975 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
5976 bool, (void),
5977 hook_bool_void_false)
5978
5979 DEFHOOK
5980 (adjust_class_at_definition,
5981 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5982 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5983 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5984 void, (tree type),
5985 hook_void_tree)
5986
5987 DEFHOOK
5988 (decl_mangling_context,
5989 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5990 tree, (const_tree decl),
5991 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5992
5993 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5994
5995 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5996 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5997 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5998 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5999
6000 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6001 DEFHOOKPOD
6002 (get_address,
6003 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6004 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6005 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6006 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6007
6008 DEFHOOKPOD
6009 (register_common,
6010 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6011 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6012 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6013 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6014 registration function to be used.",
6015 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6016
6017 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6018 DEFHOOKPOD
6019 (var_section,
6020 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6021 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6022 any section.",
6023 const char *, NULL)
6024
6025 DEFHOOKPOD
6026 (tmpl_section,
6027 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6028 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6029 section.",
6030 const char *, NULL)
6031
6032 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6033 DEFHOOKPOD
6034 (var_prefix,
6035 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6036 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6037 const char *, NULL)
6038
6039 DEFHOOKPOD
6040 (tmpl_prefix,
6041 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6042 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6043 const char *, NULL)
6044
6045 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6046 DEFHOOK
6047 (var_fields,
6048 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6049 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6050 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6051 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6052 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6053 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6054 default_emutls_var_fields)
6055
6056 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6057 DEFHOOK
6058 (var_init,
6059 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6060 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6061 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6062 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6063 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6064 default_emutls_var_init)
6065
6066 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6067 proxy variable. */
6068 DEFHOOKPOD
6069 (var_align_fixed,
6070 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6071 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6072 single objects. The default is false.",
6073 bool, false)
6074
6075 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6076 DEFHOOKPOD
6077 (debug_form_tls_address,
6078 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6079 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6080 bool, false)
6081
6082 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6083
6084 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6085 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6086 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6087
6088 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6089 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6090 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6091 DEFHOOK
6092 (valid_attribute_p,
6093 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6094 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6095 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6096 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6097 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6098 \n\
6099 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6100 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6101 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6102 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6103 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6104
6105 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6106 DEFHOOK
6107 (save,
6108 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6109 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6110 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6111 @xref{Option file format}.",
6112 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6113
6114 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6115 structure. */
6116 DEFHOOK
6117 (restore,
6118 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6119 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6120 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6121 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6122
6123 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6124 streamed in. */
6125 DEFHOOK
6126 (post_stream_in,
6127 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6128 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6129 LTO bytecode.",
6130 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6131
6132 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6133 structure. */
6134 DEFHOOK
6135 (print,
6136 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6137 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6138 function-specific options.",
6139 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6140
6141 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6142 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6143 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6144 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6145 DEFHOOK
6146 (pragma_parse,
6147 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6148 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6149 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6150 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6151 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6152 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6153
6154 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6155 DEFHOOK
6156 (override,
6157 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6158 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6159 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6160 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6161 \n\
6162 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6163 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6164 \n\
6165 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6166 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6167 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6168 void, (void),
6169 hook_void_void)
6170
6171 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6172 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6173 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6174 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6175 DEFHOOK
6176 (function_versions,
6177 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6178 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6179 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6180 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6181 different target machines.",
6182 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6183 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6184
6185 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6186 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6187 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6188 DEFHOOK
6189 (can_inline_p,
6190 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6191 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6192 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6193 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6194 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6195 default_target_can_inline_p)
6196
6197 DEFHOOK
6198 (relayout_function,
6199 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6200 void, (tree fndecl),
6201 hook_void_tree)
6202
6203 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6204
6205 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6206 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6207 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6208 DEFHOOK
6209 (extra_live_on_entry,
6210 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6211 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6212 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6213 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6214 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6215 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6216 void, (bitmap regs),
6217 hook_void_bitmap)
6218
6219 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6220 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6221 definition. */
6222 DEFHOOKPOD
6223 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6224 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6225 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6226 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6227 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6228 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6229 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6230 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6231 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6232 bool,
6233 false)
6234
6235 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6236 DEFHOOK
6237 (set_up_by_prologue,
6238 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6239 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6240 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6241 NULL)
6242
6243 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6244 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6245 function attribute. */
6246 DEFHOOK
6247 (warn_func_return,
6248 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6249 bool, (tree),
6250 hook_bool_tree_true)
6251
6252 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6253 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6254 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6255
6256 DEFHOOK
6257 (get_separate_components,
6258 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6259 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6260 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6261 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6262 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6263 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6264 sbitmap, (void),
6265 NULL)
6266
6267 DEFHOOK
6268 (components_for_bb,
6269 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6270 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6271 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6272 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6273 NULL)
6274
6275 DEFHOOK
6276 (disqualify_components,
6277 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6278 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6279 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6280 epilogue instead.",
6281 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6282 NULL)
6283
6284 DEFHOOK
6285 (emit_prologue_components,
6286 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6287 void, (sbitmap),
6288 NULL)
6289
6290 DEFHOOK
6291 (emit_epilogue_components,
6292 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6293 void, (sbitmap),
6294 NULL)
6295
6296 DEFHOOK
6297 (set_handled_components,
6298 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6299 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6300 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6301 will be deleted after this call.",
6302 void, (sbitmap),
6303 NULL)
6304
6305 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6306 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6307 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6308
6309 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6310 DEFHOOK
6311 (debug_unwind_info,
6312 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6313 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6314 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6315 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6316 \n\
6317 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6318 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6319 \n\
6320 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6321 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6322 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6323 default_debug_unwind_info)
6324
6325 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6326 defined at this time. */
6327 DEFHOOK
6328 (canonicalize_comparison,
6329 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6330 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6331 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6332 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6333 \n\
6334 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6335 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6336 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6337 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6338 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6339 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6340 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6341 \n\
6342 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6343 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6344 @file{md} file.\n\
6345 \n\
6346 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6347 comparison code or operands.",
6348 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6349 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6350
6351 DEFHOOK
6352 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6353 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6354 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6355 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6356 \n\
6357 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6358 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6359 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6360 \n\
6361 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6362 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6363 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6364 \n\
6365 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6366 defined to 1.",
6367 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6368
6369 DEFHOOKPOD
6370 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6371 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6372 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6373 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6374 unsigned char, 1)
6375
6376 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6377 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6378 as needed. */
6379 DEFHOOK
6380 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6381 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6382 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6383 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6384 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6385 hook_uint_mode_0)
6386
6387 DEFHOOK
6388 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6389 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6390 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6391 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6392 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6393 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6394 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6395 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6396 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6397 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6398 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6399 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6400 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6401 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6402 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6403 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6404 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6405 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6406
6407 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6408
6409 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6410 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6411 DEFHOOKPOD
6412 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6413 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6414 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6415 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6416 bool, false)
6417
6418 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6419 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6420 DEFHOOKPOD
6421 (have_ctors_dtors,
6422 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6423 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6424 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6425 bool, false)
6426
6427 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6428 DEFHOOKPOD
6429 (have_tls,
6430 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6431 The default value is false.",
6432 bool, false)
6433
6434 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6435 DEFHOOKPOD
6436 (have_srodata_section,
6437 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6438 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6439 bool, false)
6440
6441 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6442 DEFHOOKPOD
6443 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6444 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6445 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6446 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6447 true otherwise.",
6448 bool, true)
6449
6450 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6451 DEFHOOKPOD
6452 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6453 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6454 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6455 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6456 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6457 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6458 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6459 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6460 \n\
6461 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6462 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6463 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6464 bool, false)
6465
6466 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6467 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6468 DEFHOOKPOD
6469 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6470 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6471 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6472 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6473 this to be done. The default is false.",
6474 bool, false)
6475
6476 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6477 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6478 DEFHOOKPOD
6479 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6480 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6481 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6482 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6483 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6484 bool, false)
6485
6486 DEFHOOKPOD
6487 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6488 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6489 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6490 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6491 bool, false)
6492
6493 DEFHOOKPOD
6494 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6495 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6496 bool, false)
6497
6498 DEFHOOKPOD
6499 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6500 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6501 bool, false)
6502
6503 DEFHOOKPOD
6504 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6505 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6506 targets.",
6507 bool, false)
6508
6509 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6510
6511 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6512 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6513 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6514 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6515
6516 DEFHOOK
6517 (emit,
6518 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6519 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6520
6521 DEFHOOK
6522 (needed,
6523 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6524 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6525
6526 DEFHOOK
6527 (after,
6528 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6529 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6530
6531 DEFHOOK
6532 (entry,
6533 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6534 int, (int entity), NULL)
6535
6536 DEFHOOK
6537 (exit,
6538 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6539 int, (int entity), NULL)
6540
6541 DEFHOOK
6542 (priority,
6543 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6544 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6545
6546 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6547
6548 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6549 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6550
6551 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6552 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6553 #include "target-insns.def"
6554 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6555
6556 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6557 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6558 #include "target-insns.def"
6559 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6560
6561 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6562 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6563 #include "target-insns.def"
6564 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6565
6566 DEFHOOK
6567 (run_target_selftests,
6568 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6569 void, (void),
6570 NULL)
6571
6572 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6573 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6574